Document:

Indenture, dated as of June 10, 2011

 Exhibit 4.2 

 
  
                                  
                                         
                                       

                      
                                         
                                         
         
 W&T OFFSHORE, INC. 

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO 
 8.500% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2019 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 Dated as of June 10, 2011 
  

 
 Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association 
 Trustee 
  

 
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture

Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	310(a)(1)	  	7.10
	      (a)(2)	  	7.10
	      (a)(3)	  	N.A.
	      (a)(4)	  	N.A.
	      (a)(5)	  	7.10
	      (b)	  	7.10
	      (c)	  	N.A.
	311(a)	  	7.11
	      (b)	  	7.11
	      (c)	  	N.A.
	312(a)	  	2.05
	      (b)	  	12.03
	      (c)	  	12.03
	313(a)	  	7.06
	      (b)(2)	  	7.06; 7.07
	      (c)	  	7.06; 12.02
	      (d)	  	7.06
	314(a)(4)	  	12.05
	      (e)	  	12.05
	318(a)	  	N.A.
	      (b)	  	N.A.
	      (c)	  	12.01

 N.A. means not applicable.

  

	*	This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
		  	 ARTICLE 1
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
 BY REFERENCE
	  			
			
	Section 1.01	  	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	Section 1.02	  	Other Definitions	  	 	29	  
	Section 1.03	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	29	  
	Section 1.04	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	30	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 2	  			
		  	THE NOTES	  			
	Section 2.01	  	Form and Dating	  	 	30	  
	Section 2.02	  	Execution and Authentication	  	 	31	  
	Section 2.03	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	31	  
	Section 2.04	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	32	  
	Section 2.05	  	Holder Lists	  	 	32	  
	Section 2.06	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	32	  
	Section 2.07	  	Replacement Notes	  	 	44	  
	Section 2.08	  	Outstanding Notes	  	 	44	  
	Section 2.09	  	Treasury Notes	  	 	44	  
	Section 2.10	  	Temporary Notes	  	 	45	  
	Section 2.11	  	Cancellation	  	 	45	  
	Section 2.12	  	Defaulted Interest	  	 	45	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 3	  			
		  	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  			
			
	Section 3.01	  	Notices to Trustee	  	 	45	  
	Section 3.02	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	  	 	46	  
	Section 3.03	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	46	  
	Section 3.04	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	47	  
	Section 3.05	  	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	  	 	47	  
	Section 3.06	  	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	  	 	48	  
	Section 3.07	  	Optional Redemption	  	 	48	  
	Section 3.08	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	49	  
	Section 3.09	  	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	 	49	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 4	  			
		  	COVENANTS	  			
			
	Section 4.01	  	Payment of Notes	  	 	50	  
	Section 4.02	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	51	  
	Section 4.03	  	Reports	  	 	51	  
	Section 4.04	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	52	  
	Section 4.05	  	Taxes	  	 	53	  
	Section 4.06	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	53	  
	Section 4.07	  	Restricted Payments	  	 	53	  
	Section 4.08	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	 	57	  
	Section 4.09	  	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	  	 	59	  
	Section 4.10	  	Asset Sales	  	 	62	  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	Section 4.11	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	63	  
	Section 4.12	  	Liens	  	 	65	  
	Section 4.13	  	Corporate Existence	  	 	65	  
	Section 4.14	  	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	66	  
	Section 4.15	  	Additional Note Guarantees	  	 	67	  
	Section 4.16	  	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	 	68	  
	Section 4.17	  	Termination of Covenants	  	 	68	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 5	  			
		  	SUCCESSORS	  			
			
	Section 5.01	  	Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets	  	 	69	  
	Section 5.02	  	Successor Corporation Substituted	  	 	70	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 6	  			
		  	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  			
			
	Section 6.01	  	Events of Default	  	 	70	  
	Section 6.02	  	Acceleration	  	 	72	  
	Section 6.03	  	Other Remedies	  	 	72	  
	Section 6.04	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	72	  
	Section 6.05	  	Control by Majority	  	 	72	  
	Section 6.06	  	Limitation on Suits	  	 	73	  
	Section 6.07	  	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	 	73	  
	Section 6.08	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	73	  
	Section 6.09	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	73	  
	Section 6.10	  	Priorities	  	 	74	  
	Section 6.11	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	74	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 7	  			
		  	TRUSTEE	  			
			
	Section 7.01	  	Duties of Trustee	  	 	74	  
	Section 7.02	  	Rights of Trustee	  	 	75	  
	Section 7.03	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	76	  
	Section 7.04	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	76	  
	Section 7.05	  	Notice of Defaults	  	 	76	  
	Section 7.06	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	 	77	  
	Section 7.07	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	77	  
	Section 7.08	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	78	  
	Section 7.09	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	78	  
	Section 7.10	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	79	  
	Section 7.11	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	  	 	79	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 8	  			
		  	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  			
			
	Section 8.01	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	79	  
	Section 8.02	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	79	  
	Section 8.03	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	80	  
	Section 8.04	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	80	  
	Section 8.05	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	81	  
	Section 8.06	  	Repayment to Company	  	 	82	  
	Section 8.07	  	Reinstatement	  	 	82	  

  
 ii 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
		  	 ARTICLE 9
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	  			
			
	Section 9.01	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	82	  
	Section 9.02	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	 	83	  
	Section 9.03	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	84	  
	Section 9.04	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	85	  
	Section 9.05	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	85	  
	Section 9.06	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	85	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 10	  			
		  	NOTE GUARANTEES	  			
			
	Section 10.01	  	Guarantee	  	 	85	  
	Section 10.02	  	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	86	  
	Section 10.03	  	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee	  	 	87	  
	Section 10.04	  	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	  	 	87	  
	Section 10.05	  	Releases	  	 	88	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 11	  			
		  	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  			
			
	Section 11.01	  	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	 	89	  
	Section 11.02	  	Application of Trust Money	  	 	89	  
			
		  	ARTICLE 12	  			
		  	MISCELLANEOUS	  			
			
	Section 12.01	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	90	  
	Section 12.02	  	Notices	  	 	90	  
	Section 12.03	  	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	 	91	  
	Section 12.04	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	91	  
	Section 12.05	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	91	  
	Section 12.06	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	92	  
	Section 12.07	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	 	92	  
	Section 12.08	  	Governing Law	  	 	92	  
	Section 12.09	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	92	  
	Section 12.10	  	Successors	  	 	92	  
	Section 12.11	  	Severability	  	 	92	  
	Section 12.12	  	Counterpart Originals	  	 	92	  
	Section 12.13	  	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	92	  
			
		  	EXHIBITS	  			
			
	Exhibit A	  	FORM OF NOTE	  			
	Exhibit B	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER	  			
	Exhibit C	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE	  			
	Exhibit D	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR	  			
	Exhibit E	  	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE	  			
	Exhibit F	  	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE	  			

  

  
 iii

 INDENTURE dated as of June 10, 2011 among W&T Offshore, Inc., a Texas corporation,
the Guarantors (as defined) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. 
 The Company, the Guarantors (as defined)
and the Trustee (as defined) agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined) of the 8.500% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”) and the Exchange Notes (as defined) that
may be issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or Additional Notes in an Exchange Offer (as defined): 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION 
 BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 

“144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and
the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary
of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person, but excluding Indebtedness
which is extinguished, retired or repaid in connection with such Person merging with or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
 “Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the
Initial Notes.  
 “Additional Assets” means: 

(1) any assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in the Oil and Gas
Business, other than Indebtedness or Capital Stock; 
 (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 provided, however, that any such Restricted Subsidiary described in clause (2) or (3) is primarily engaged in the Oil and Gas Business. 

  
 1 

 “Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means (without duplication), as
of the date of determination: 
 (1) the sum of: 

(a) discounted future net revenue from proved crude oil and natural gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines before any state or federal income taxes, as estimated in a reserve report prepared as of the end of the fiscal year ending at least 91 days prior to the date of determination, which reserve
report is prepared, reviewed or audited by independent petroleum engineers as increased by, as of the date of determination, the discounted future net revenue of: 

(i) estimated proved crude oil and natural gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to
acquisitions consummated since the date of such reserve report, and 
 (ii) estimated crude oil and natural gas
reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to extensions, discoveries and other additions and upward determinations of estimates of proved crude oil and natural gas reserves (including previously estimated development costs
incurred during the period and the accretion of discount since the prior period end) due to exploration, development or exploitation, production or other activities which reserves were not reflected in such reserve report which would, in accordance
with standard industry practice, result in such determinations, in each case calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the prices utilized in such year-end reserve report), 

and decreased by, as of the date of determination, the discounted future net revenue attributable to: 

(iii) estimated proved crude oil and natural gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in
such reserve report produced or disposed of since the date of such reserve report, and 
 (iv) reductions in the
estimated oil and natural gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in such reserve report since the date of such reserve report attributable to downward determinations of estimates of proved crude oil and natural gas
reserves due to exploration, development or exploitation, production or other activities conducted or otherwise occurring since the date of such reserve report which would, in accordance with standard industry practice, result in such
determinations, in each case calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the prices utilized in such reserve report); 
 provided, however, that, in the case of each of the determinations made pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv), such increases and decreases shall be estimated by the Company’s engineers;

 (b) the capitalized costs that are attributable to crude oil and natural gas properties of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries to which no proved crude oil and natural gas reserves are attributable, based on the Company’s books and records as of a date no earlier than the date of the Company’s latest available annual or quarterly financial
statements; 

  
 2 

 (c) the Net Working Capital (excluding, to the extent included in the
determination of discounted future net revenues under clause (1)(a) above, any adjustments made pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 410-20 as of a date no earlier than the date of the Company’s latest available annual or quarterly financial
statements; and 
 (d) the greater of (i) the net book value as of a date no earlier than the date of the
Company’s latest available annual or quarterly financial statements and (ii) the appraised value, as estimated by independent appraisers, of other tangible assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of a date no earlier than
the date of the Company’s latest available annual or quarterly financial statements (provided that the Company shall not be required to obtain such an appraisal of such assets if no such appraisal has been performed); minus  

(2) the sum of: 
 (a) Minority Interests; 
 (b) any net natural gas balancing
liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in the Company’s latest audited financial statements; 
 (c) to the extent included in clause (1)(a) above, the discounted future net revenue, calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the same prices in the Company’s year-end reserve
report), attributable to reserves subject to participation interests, overriding royalty interests or other interests of third parties, pursuant to participation, partnership, vendor financing or other agreements then in effect, or which otherwise
are required to be delivered to third parties; 
 (d) to the extent included in clause (1)(a) above, the
discounted future net revenue calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the same prices utilized in the Company’s year-end reserve report), attributable to reserves that are required to be delivered to third parties to fully
satisfy the obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Volumetric Production Payments on the schedules specified with respect thereto; and 

(e) the discounted future net revenue, calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines, attributable to reserves subject to
Dollar-Denominated Production Payments that, based on the estimates of production included in determining the discounted future net revenue specified in the immediately preceding clause (i)(a) (utilizing the same prices utilized in the
Company’s year-end reserve report), would be necessary to satisfy fully the obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments on the schedules specified with respect thereto.

 If the Company changes its method of accounting from the full cost method to the successful efforts method or a similar
method of accounting, “Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” will continue to be calculated as if the Company were still using the full cost method of accounting. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and
“under common control with” have correlative meanings. 

  
 3 

 “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any redemption date, the excess of (1) the present value at
such time of (a) redemption price of such Note as of June 15, 2015 (without regard to accrued and unpaid interest) plus (b) all required interest payments due on such Note through June 15, 2015 (excluding accrued and unpaid
interest to the redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (2) the principal amount of such Note. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and
Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange. 
 “ASC” means Accounting Standards Codification.

 “Asset Sale” means 
 (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets (including by way of a Production Payment and Reserve Sale or a sale and leaseback transaction); provided that the sale, lease,
conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.14 hereof and/or Section 5.01 and not by the provisions of
Section 4.10; and 
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the Company’s Restricted
Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any of its other Subsidiaries. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale: 

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than
$25.0 million; 
 (2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) the disposition of products, services, inventory or accounts
receivable in the ordinary course of business and any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business; 
 (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 

(6) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.07; 

(7) Permitted Investments, including, without limitation, unwinding Hedging Obligations; 

  
 4 

 (8) a disposition of Hydrocarbons or mineral products inventory in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (9) the sale or other disposition (whether or not in the ordinary course of
business) of crude oil and natural gas properties or direct or indirect interests in real property; provided, that at the time of such sale or disposition such properties do not have associated with them any proved reserves; 

(10) the farm-out, lease or sublease of developed or undeveloped crude oil or natural gas properties owned or held by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for crude oil and natural gas properties owned or held by another Person; 
 (11) any trade or exchange by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries of oil and gas properties or other properties or assets for oil and gas properties or other properties or assets owned or held by
another Person, provided that the fair market value of the properties or assets traded or exchanged by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (together with any cash) is reasonably equivalent to the fair market value of the properties or assets
(together with any cash) to be received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and provided further that any net cash received must be applied in accordance with the provisions described in Section 4.10; 

(12) the creation or perfection of a Lien (but not, except to the extent contemplated in clause (13) below, the sale
or other disposition of the properties or assets subject to such Lien); 
 (13) the creation or perfection of a
Permitted Lien and the exercise by any Person in whose favor a Permitted Lien is granted of any of its rights in respect of that Permitted Lien; 
 (14) the licensing or sublicensing of intellectual property, including, without limitation, licenses for seismic data, in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the
business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 
 (15) a surrender or waiver of contract rights or
the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind. 
 “Attributable Debt”
means in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback
transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction,
determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or
state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3
and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have
beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms
“Beneficial Ownership”, “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 

  
 5 

 “Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to
act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner
of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any
controlling committee of managing members thereof; and 
 (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or
committee of such Person serving a similar function. 
 “Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday,
Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or another place of payment are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be
capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by
the lessee without payment of a penalty. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability
company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 
 (4) any other
interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital
Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock. 
 “Cash
Equivalents” means: 
 (1) United States dollars; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality of the United States government (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support of those securities) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 

(3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any
such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition thereof, having a credit rating of “A” or better from either S&P or Moody’s;

  
 6 

 (4) certificates of deposit, demand deposit accounts and eurodollar time
deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in
excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson Bank Watch Rating of “B” or better; 
 (5) repurchase
obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause
(4) above; 
 (6) commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Moody’s or
S&P and, in each case, maturing within nine months after the date of acquisition; and 
 (7) money market
funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of
the properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than the Principals or a Related Party of the Principals; 

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which
is that any “person” (as defined above), other than the Principals or a Related Party of the Principals becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power
rather than number of shares; or 
 (4) the first day on which the Continuing Directors cease to constitute a
majority of the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A. 

“Company” means W&T Offshore, Inc., and any and all successors thereto. 

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period plus, without duplication: 
 (1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net
loss realized by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale (together with any related provision for taxes and any related non-recurring charges relating to any premium or penalty paid, write-off of deferred
financing costs or other financial recapitalization charges in connection with redeeming or retiring any Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity), to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  
 7 

 (2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (3) the Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(4) depreciation, depletion, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid
cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), impairment and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a
prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, depletion, amortization, impairment and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing
such Consolidated Net Income; minus 
 (5) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such
period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business; minus 
 (6) to the extent
included in determining Consolidated Net Income, the sum of (a) the amount of deferred revenues that are amortized during such period and are attributable to reserves that are subject to Volumetric Production Payments and (b) amounts
recorded in accordance with GAAP as repayments of principal and interest pursuant to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments, 
 in each case, on
a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on
the income or profits of, and the depreciation, depletion and amortization and other non-cash charges and expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company
only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of
determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements,
instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a
consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 
 (1) the Net Income (but not
loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Person; 
 (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the
extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or,
directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, partners or members;

  
 8 

 (3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be
excluded; 
 (4) income resulting from transfers of assets (other than cash) between such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and an Unrestricted Subsidiary, on the other hand, will be excluded; 

(5) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards will be
excluded; 
 (6) any asset impairment writedowns on oil and gas properties under GAAP or SEC guidelines will be
excluded; 
 (7) any unrealized non-cash gains or losses or charges in respect of hedge or non-hedge derivatives
(including those resulting from the application of FASB ASC Topic 815) will be excluded; and 
 (8) to the extent
deducted in the calculation of Net Income, any non-cash or nonrecurring charges associated with any premium or penalty paid, write-off of deferred financing costs or other financial recapitalization charges in connection with redeeming or retiring
any Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity will be excluded. 
 “Consolidated Net Worth” means, with respect
to any specified Person as of any date, the sum of: 
 (1) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of
such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date; plus 
 (2) the respective amounts reported on
such Person’s balance sheet as of such date with respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may be declared and paid only out of
net earnings in respect of the year of such declaration and payment, but only to the extent of any cash received by such Person upon issuance of such preferred stock. 
 “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who: 

(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or 

(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing
Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election. 
 “Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 

“Credit Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2006, as amended as
of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, as borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as agent, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as syndication agent, and the lenders from time 

  
 9 

 
to time party thereto, providing for up to $1.3 billion of revolving credit and term loan borrowings and letters of credit, including any related notes, Guarantees, collateral documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise), supplemented or refinanced (including by means of sales of
debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Credit Facilities”
means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more current or future debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities with banks, investment banks, insurance
companies, mutual funds, other institutional lenders, institutional investors or any of the foregoing providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders, or to special
purpose entities formed to borrow from (or sell such receivables to) such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, or other borrowings, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced
or refinanced (in each case, without limitation as to amount), in whole or in part, from time to time and any agreements and related documents governing Indebtedness or other Obligations incurred to refinance amounts then outstanding or permitted to
be outstanding, (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time. 

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an
Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof
and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note” attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in
part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of
this Indenture. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation
or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature; provided, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so
matures or is mandatorily redeemable, or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date, will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified
Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such
Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07 hereof. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be
outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such
Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 

  
 10 

 “Dollar-Denominated Production Payments” means production payment
obligations recorded as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, together with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (1) that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of
Columbia or (2) that Guarantees Indebtedness of the Company or of a Guarantor in excess of a Minimum Amount. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding
any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means any
public or private sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) by the Company after the Issue Date. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exchange Notes” means the senior notes of the Company that may be issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or
Additional Notes in an Exchange Offer. 
 “Exchange Offer” means the offer that may be made by the Company
pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement to exchange the Notes for Exchange Notes. 
 “Exchange Registration
Statement” means a registration statement relating to an Exchange Offer. 
 “Existing Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement or intercompany Indebtedness) in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid. 

“Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a
transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless the value is less than $10.0 million, in which case it may be determined by an officer of the Company), which
determination will be conclusive for all purposes under this Indenture. 
 “FASB” means Financial Accounting
Standards Board. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period,
the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays,
repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases or redeems preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated
giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds
therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period. 

  
 11 

 In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 

(1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through
mergers, consolidations or otherwise (including acquisitions of assets used or useful in the Oil and Gas Business), or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and
including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, shall be deemed to
have occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and the Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period will be calculated giving pro forma effect to any expense and cost reductions that have occurred or, in the reasonable
judgment of the chief financial officer of the Company, are reasonably expected to occur (regardless of whether those operating improvements or cost savings could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements prepared in accordance with
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the SEC related thereto); 
 (2) the
Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 

(3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or
businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; 
 (4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the
Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period; 
 (5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period; and 

(6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as
if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date
in excess of 12 months). 
 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
sum, without duplication, of: 
 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (excluding any interest attributable to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments but including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash
interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other
fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus 

  
 12 

 (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus  
 (3) any interest on Indebtedness of another
Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus 

(4) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment
of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend
set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global
Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4), 2.06(d) or 2.06(f) hereof. 
 “Government Securities” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is
pledged; or 
 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality
of the United States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America 
 that, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a) of the Securities
Act), as custodian, with respect to any such Government Security or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Security held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided,
however, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Security or
the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Security evidenced by such depository receipt. 

“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in 

  
 13 

 
respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to maintain financial statement conditions or
otherwise), or entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part). 

“Guarantors” means 
 (1) each Subsidiary of the Company that executed this Indenture on the Issue Date; and 
 (2) any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that becomes a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, 
 and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: 

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements
and interest rate collar agreements entered into with one or more financial institutions and other arrangements or agreements designed to protect the Person entering into the agreement against fluctuations in interest rates with respect to
Indebtedness incurred; 
 (2) foreign exchange contracts and currency protection agreements entered into with one
or more financial institutions and designed to protect the Person entering into the agreement against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to Indebtedness incurred; 

(3) any commodity futures contract, commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against
fluctuations in the price of commodities used, produced, processed or sold by that Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time; and 
 (4) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or currency exchange rates. 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

“Hydrocarbons” means crude oil, natural gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate,
liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and products refined or processed therefrom. 
 “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and
registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes transferred to Institutional Accredited Investors in compliance with the Securities Act.

  
 14 

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any
indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent: 
 (1) in
respect of borrowed money; 
 (2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of
credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof); 
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances;

 (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions;

 (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property due more than nine
months after such property is acquired; and 
 (6) representing any Hedging Obligations, 

if, and to the extent that, any of the items described in clauses (1), (2), (4) and (5) above would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet
of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes (1) all
Indebtedness described in the preceding paragraph of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person; provided, however, that the amount of such
Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person, and (2) to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the
specified Person of any Indebtedness described in the preceding paragraph of any other Person (including, with respect to any Production Payment, any warranties or guarantees of production or payment by such Person with respect to such Production
Payment, but excluding other contractual obligations of such Person with respect to such Production Payment). Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, neither Dollar-Denominated Production Payments nor Volumetric Production Payments
shall be deemed to be Indebtedness. 
 In addition, “Indebtedness” of any Person shall include Indebtedness
described in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if: 
 (1) such Indebtedness is the obligation of a Joint Venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”); and 

(3) there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or
assets by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; 
 and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not
to exceed: 
 (a) the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such
obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person; or 

(b) if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (a) immediately above, the actual amount of such
Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount and the related interest expense shall be included in Fixed Charges to the extent
actually paid by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 15 

 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to
time. 
 “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a
Participant. 
 “Initial Notes” means the first $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under
this Indenture on the date hereof. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BNP Paribas
Securities Corp., TD Securities (USA) LLC, Lloyds Securities Inc., Natixis Securities North America Inc., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., ING Financial Markets LLC, IBERIA Capital Partners, LLC and Global Hunter Securities, LLC. 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, who is not also a QIB. 
 “Investment Grade
Rating” means a rating of Baa3 (or the equivalent) or better by Moody’s, BBB- (or the equivalent) or better by S&P or an equivalent rating by a Substitute Rating Agency. 

“Investment Grade Securities” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality
thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 
 (2) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clause (1) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution; and

 (3) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality
investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons
(including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations) advances or capital contributions (excluding endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business, and commission, travel and
similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the
Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c). The acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company of a
Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair 

  
 16 

 
Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.07(c). Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the
amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. 
 “Issue Date” means the date of this Indenture. 
 “Joint
Venture” means any Person that is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly makes any Investment. 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place
of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest
shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any
mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. 

“Minimum Amount” means $5.0 million. 
 “Minority Interest” means the percentage interest represented by any Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency
business thereof. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such
Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: 
 (1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: 

(a) any Asset Sale; or 
 (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and 

(2) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary
or nonrecurring gain (or loss). 

  
 17 

 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of: 

(1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses
incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of
such Asset Sale; 
 (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness (other than revolving credit Indebtedness) which is
secured by any assets subject to such Asset Sale, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds
from such Asset Sale; 
 (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to holders of Minority
Interests in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Sale; and 
 (4) the deduction of
appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, or held in escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price or for any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Sale
and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Sale. 
 “Net Working Capital” means
(a) all current assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries except current assets from commodity price risk management activities arising in the ordinary course of business, less (b) all current liabilities of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, except current liabilities included in Indebtedness and any current liabilities from commodity price risk management activities arising in the ordinary course of business, in each case as set forth in the consolidated
financial statements of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP (excluding any adjustments made pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 815). 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness: 
 (1) as
to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a
guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender; and 
 (2) no default with respect to which
(including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person. 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s Obligations under this Indenture and the
Notes. 
 “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the
Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes. 

  
 18 

 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the
Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of
whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. 

“Oil and Gas Business” means: 
 (1) the acquisition, exploration, exploitation, development, production, operation and disposition of interests in crude oil, natural gas and other Hydrocarbon properties; 

(2) the gathering, marketing, treating, processing (but not refining), storage, distribution, selling and transporting of
any production from such interests or properties; 
 (3) any business relating to exploration for or development,
production, exploitation, treatment, processing (but not refining), storage, transportation or marketing of oil, gas and other minerals and products produced in association therewith; and 

(4) any activity that is ancillary or complementary to or necessary or appropriate for the activities described in clauses
(1) through (3) of this definition. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who
is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the
Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream). 

“Permitted Acquisition Indebtedness” means Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of the
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock was Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of: 
 (1) a Subsidiary prior to the date on which such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (2) a Person that was merged, consolidated or amalgamated into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, 
 provided that on the date such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or the date such Person was merged, consolidated and amalgamated into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable,
after giving pro forma effect thereto, 

  
 19 

 (a) the Restricted Subsidiary or the Company, as applicable, would be
permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09; 
 (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Restricted Subsidiary or the Company, as applicable, would be greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for such Restricted Subsidiary or the Company
immediately prior to such transaction; or 
 (c) the Consolidated Net Worth of the Restricted Subsidiary or the
Company, as applicable, would be greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of such Restricted Subsidiary or the Company immediately prior to such transaction. 
 “Permitted Business Investments” means Investments made in the ordinary course of, and of a nature that is or shall have become customary in, the Oil and Gas Business, including through
agreements, transactions, interests or arrangements that permit one to share risk or costs, comply with regulatory requirements regarding local ownership or satisfy other objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of the Oil and Gas
Business jointly with third parties, including without limitation: 
 (1) direct or indirect ownership of crude
oil, natural gas, other related Hydrocarbon and mineral properties or any interest therein or gathering, transportation, processing, storage or related systems or ancillary real property interests; and 

(2) Investments in the form of, pursuant to or in accordance with operating agreements, working interests, royalty
interests, mineral leases, processing agreements, farm-in agreements, farm-out agreements, contracts for the sale, transportation or exchange of oil, natural gas, other Hydrocarbons and minerals, production sharing agreements, participation
agreements, development agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, unitization agreements, pooling agreements, joint bidding agreements, service contracts, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements (whether general or limited),
subscription agreements, stock purchase agreements, stockholder agreements and other similar or customary agreements (including for limited liability companies) with third parties (including Unrestricted Subsidiaries), transactions, properties,
interests or arrangements and Investments and expenditures in connection therewith or pursuant thereto. 
 “Permitted
Investments” means 
 (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its
assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) any Investment
made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10; 

  
 20 

 (5) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the
issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; 
 (6) any Investments received in
compromise or resolution of (A) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar
arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates; 

(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations; 

(8) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business made for bona fide business purposes not to exceed
$5.0 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding; 
 (9) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company
or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; 
 (10) surety and performance bonds
and workers’ compensation, utility, lease, tax, performance and similar deposits and prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of business; 
 (11) Guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09; 

(12) Guarantees by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of operating leases (other than Capital Lease
Obligations) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into by any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 

(13) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of any entity merged into the Company or
merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 5.01 to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and
were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation; 
 (14) Permitted Business
Investments; 
 (15) Investments received as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (16) Investments in any units of any oil and
gas royalty trust; and 
 (17) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on
the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (17) that are at the time outstanding not to exceed the greater of
(a) 1.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets or (b) $25.0 million. 

  
 21 

 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(1) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred under the Credit Facilities pursuant to Section 4.09; 

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors; 

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company
or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the
Company or the Subsidiary; 
 (4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition
of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition; 

(5) Liens existing on the Issue Date; 

(6) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 

(7) Liens arising from survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way,
sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially
adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (8) Liens arising from leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 (9) landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s,
repairmen’s or the like Liens arising by contract or statute in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts which are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 

(10) Liens arising from pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business (A) in connection with leases,
tenders, bids, statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, government contracts, performance bonds and similar obligations, or (B) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

 (11) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial payments by a
customer of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets; 
 (12) Liens in
favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; 
 (13) any attachment or judgment Lien that does not constitute an Event of Default; 

  
 22 

 (14) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Note
Guarantees); 
 (15) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this
Indenture; provided, however, that 
 (a) the new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same
property and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and 

(b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the
outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing,
replacement, defeasance or discharge; 
 (16) Liens for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of
the purchase price of, or Capital Lease Obligations with respect to, or the repair, improvement or construction cost of, assets or property acquired or repaired, improved or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that:

 (a) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be incurred
under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or repaired, improved or constructed plus fees and expenses in connection therewith; and 

(b) such Liens are created within 180 days of repair, improvement, construction or acquisition of such assets or property
and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto (including improvements); 

(17) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of
set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained or deposited with a depositary institution; provided that: 
 (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal
Reserve Board; and 
 (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to
provide collateral to the depositary institution; 
 (18) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing
statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (19) Liens in respect of Production Payments and Reserve Sales; 

(20) Liens on pipelines and pipeline facilities that arise by operation of law; 

  
 23 

 (21) Liens arising from farmout, carried working interest, joint operating,
unitization, royalty, sales and similar agreements relating to the exploration or development of, or production from, oil and gas properties entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(22) Liens reserved in oil and gas mineral leases for bonus or rental payments and for compliance with the terms of such
leases; 
 (23) Liens arising under this Indenture in favor of the Trustee for its own benefit and similar Liens
in favor of other trustees, agents and representatives arising under instruments governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture, provided, however, that such Liens are solely for the benefit of the trustees,
agents or representatives in their capacities as such and not for the benefit of the holders of the Indebtedness; 
 (24) Liens securing Hedging Obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (25) Liens on and pledges of the Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Joint Venture owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiary to the extent securing Non-Recourse Debt of
such Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture; 
 (26) Liens upon specific items of inventory, receivables or
other goods or proceeds of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or receivables securitizations issued or created for the account of such Person to
facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory, receivables or other goods or proceeds and permitted by Section 4.09; and 
 (27) Liens of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company with respect to Indebtedness that does not exceed in principal amount the greater of (a) $40.0 million at any one time outstanding and
(b) 2.0% of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets determined as of the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence and the application of proceeds therefrom. 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued
in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

 (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does
not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses,
including premiums, incurred in connection therewith); 
 (2) (a) if the final maturity date of the Indebtedness being
extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is earlier than the final maturity date of the Notes, the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date no earlier than the final maturity date of the
Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, discharged, refinanced, replaced or defeased, or 
 (b) if the
final maturity date of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is later than the final maturity date of the Notes, the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date at least 91
days later than the final maturity date of the Notes; 

  
 24 

 (3) if the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced,
replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in
the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and 
 (4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or
discharged; provided, however, that a Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Guarantor may guarantee Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by the Company, whether or not such Restricted Subsidiary was an obligor or guarantor of the
Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged. 
 “Person” means any
individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 

“Principals” means Tracy W. Krohn, his spouse, Susan B. Krohn, their immediate family and descendants by blood or
adoption, Ann K. Freel, mother of Tracy W. Krohn, and J.F. Freel, step-father of Tracy W. Krohn, and spouses or surviving spouses of any such persons. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the
provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Prior Issue Date” means June 13, 2007, the date of original issue of the
Company’s 8.25% Senior Notes due 2014. 
 “Production Payments” means, collectively, Dollar-Denominated
Production Payments and Volumetric Production Payments. 
 “Production Payments and Reserve Sales” means the
grant or transfer by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to any Person of a royalty, overriding royalty, net profits interest, Production Payment or other interest in oil and gas properties, reserves or the right to receive all or
a portion of the production or the proceeds from the sale of production attributable to such properties, including any such grants or transfers pursuant to incentive compensation programs on terms that are reasonably customary in the oil and gas
business for geologists, geophysicists and other providers of technical services to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P; provided that if Moody’s or S&P shall cease to rate
the Notes for reasons outside the control of the Company, another security rating agency selected by the Company that is nationally recognized in the United States may be substituted therefor (a “Substitute Rating Agency”).

 “Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) with respect to the Notes issued on the date of this
Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated as of the date of this Indenture, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or

  
 25 

 
supplemented from time to time and (ii) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, the
registration rights agreement, if any, among the Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers under the related purchase agreement, in each case as the same may be amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note
Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of
Regulation S. 
 “Related Party” means any trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other
entity, of which one or more of the Principals or other Related Parties collectively Beneficially Own 80% or more of such entity. 
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any
other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred
because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Restricted Definitive Note” means
a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing
the Private Placement Legend. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 “Restricted Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in
Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

  
 26 

 “Senior Debt” means: 

(1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding under Credit Facilities and all
Hedging Obligations with respect thereto; 
 (2) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, except Subordinated Obligations; and 

(3) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1) and (2). 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sentence, Senior Debt will not include: 

(1) any taxes owed or owing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

(2) trade payables; 
 (3) any intercompany Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to the Company or any of its Affiliates; or 

(4) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this Indenture. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means a shelf registration statement filed in accordance with the provisions of a
Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a
“significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the
date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such
interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subordinated
Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement or any Indebtedness of a
Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Note Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement, as the case may be.  

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

 

	 	(1)	any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or
other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and 

  
 27 

	 	(2)	any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general
partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof). 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). 

“Treasury Rate” means with respect to the Notes as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity at the time of
computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the
redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to June 15, 2015; provided, however, that if
the period from the redemption date to June 15, 2015 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated
to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to the final maturity of the Notes is less than one year,
the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. The Company will (a) calculate the Treasury Rate on the second Business Day preceding the applicable
redemption date and (b) on or prior to such redemption date file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and the Treasury Rate and showing the calculation of each in reasonable detail. 

“Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable
provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive
Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of
Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: 
 (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 
 (2) except
as permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 

(3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or
indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and 

(4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 28 

 “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated
under the Securities Act. 
 “Volumetric Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as
deferred revenue in accordance with GAAP, together with all related undertakings and obligations. 
 “Voting
Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in

Section

	“Affiliate Transaction”	  	4.11
	“Asset Sale Offer”	  	3.09
	“Authentication Order”	  	2.02
	“Calculation Date”	  	 1.01 under “Fixed

Charge Coverage

Ratio”

	“Change of Control Offer”	  	4.14
	“Change of Control Payment”	  	4.14
	“Change of Control Payment Date”	  	4.14
	“Covenant Defeasance”	  	8.03
	“DTC”	  	2.03
	“Event of Default”	  	6.01
	“Excess Proceeds”	  	4.10
	“General Partner”	  	 1.01 under
 “Indebtedness”

	“incur”	  	4.09
	“Legal Defeasance”	  	8.02
	“Offer Amount”	  	3.09
	“Offer Period”	  	3.09
	“Paying Agent”	  	2.03
	“Permitted Debt”	  	4.09
	“Payment Default”	  	6.01
	“Purchase Date”	  	3.09
	“Registrar”	  	2.03
	“Restricted Payments”	  	4.07
	“Substitute Rating Agency”	  	 1.01 under
 “Rating Agency”

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by
Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated
by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
 The following TIA term used in this Indenture has the following meaning:

 “obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any
successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 

  
 29 

 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference
to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.04 Rules of
Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; 

(6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

(7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of
successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time. 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 

Section 2.01 Form and Dating. 
 (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by
law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of
this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be
controlling. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto
(including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note
Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents
the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect
exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction
of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof. 

  
 30 

 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be
valid. 
 A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive
evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written
order of the Company signed by at least one Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The
aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.
 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An
authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with
Holders or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or
more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar
without notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee
shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Company initially
appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
 The
Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The place of payment with respect to the Notes, in addition to the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, shall
be New York, New York, and at such time, if ever, as the Notes are no longer represented by one or more Global Notes, the Company shall appoint and maintain a Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, the intention of the
Company being that, after giving effect to the procedures of the Depositary respecting payments on Global Notes, the Notes shall at all times be payable in New York, New York. 
 The immunities, protections and exculpations available to the Trustee under this Indenture shall also be available to each Agent, and the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 to compensate
and indemnify the Trustee shall extend likewise to each Agent. 

  
 31 

 Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the
benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such
default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent
(if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as
Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA
§ 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as
of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and
Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or
any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: 
 (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange
Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; 

(2) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part)
should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or 
 (3)
there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. 
 Upon the occurrence of any of
the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07
and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form
of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in
Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof. 

  
 32 

 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer
and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject
to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as
applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (1) Transfer of
Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with
the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person
or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1). 

(2) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and
exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

 

	 	(A)	both: 

 (i) a
written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount
equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and 
 (ii) instructions given in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 
  

	 	(B)	both: 

 (i) a
written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be
transferred or exchanged; and 
 (ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing
information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. 
 Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(2) shall be deemed
to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the letter of transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for
transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to
Section 2.06(h) hereof. 

  
 33 

 (3) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global
Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of
Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take
delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 
 (4)
Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2)
above and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a
Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable letter of transmittal that it is not (i) a
broker-dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Registration Statement in
accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

  
 34 

 and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or
if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If
any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through
(D) above. 
 Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who
take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer or Exchange of
Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes. 
 (1) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to
Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 
 (B) if such beneficial interest is
being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with
Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such beneficial interest is
being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 

  
 35 

 (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be
reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such
beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any
Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 (2) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note
only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a
Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable letter of transmittal that it is not (i) a broker-dealer,
(ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Registration Statement in accordance with a
Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 

(ii) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

  
 36 

 and, in each such case set forth in subparagraphs (A) through (D), if the Registrar so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will
cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the
instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized
denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the
Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests. 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such Restricted
Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance
with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; 
 (E) if such Restricted
Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable; 

  
 37 

 (F) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or 
 (G) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, 
 the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to
be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global
Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note. 
 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests
in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected
pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable letter of transmittal that it is not (i) a
broker-dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Registration Statement in
accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted
Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such
case set forth in subparagraphs (A) through (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

  
 38 

 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this
Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 

(3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time.
Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs
(2) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such
Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender
to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting
Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 

(1) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred
to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the
form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transfer will
be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel
required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

  
 39 

 (2) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any
Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement
and the Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable letter of transmittal that it is not (i) a broker-dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange
Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) any such
transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or 

(D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
 (ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such
Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each such case set
forth in subparagraphs (A) through (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (3) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an
Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof. 

(f) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will
issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate: 
 (1) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange
Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable letters of transmittal that (A) they are not broker-dealers, (B) they are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule
144) of the Company; and 

  
 40 

 (2) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to
the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable letters of transmittal that (A) they are not broker-dealers, (B) they are not participating in a
distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company. 
 Concurrently
with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons
designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount. 

(g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture
unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
  

	 	(1)	Private Placement Legend. 

 (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially
the following form: 
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES
ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT
(A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES
THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE
THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE),
(D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON
ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND IF SUCH
TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OF LESS THAN $100,000 AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM
THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY) OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO

  
 41 

 
EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144 UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE
IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER
IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON”
HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2),
(c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(2) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE
EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN
DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO
A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS
AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,
CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 

  
 42 

 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial
interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the
Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the
Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased
accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 

(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global
Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10,
3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof). 
 (3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or
exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt,
and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (5) Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required: 
 (A)
to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on
the day of selection; 
 (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole
or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer
of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 

  
 43 

 (6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note,
the Trustee, any Agent, the Company and the Guarantors may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such
Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent, or the Company and the Guarantors shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 

(8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 
 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of
the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company,
an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer
if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional
obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are
all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interests in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those
described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to
it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. 
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under
Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than
the Company or a Subsidiary thereof) holds, by 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on a redemption date or other maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding
and will cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes
owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for
the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. 

  
 44 

 Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange
or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act).
Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company upon written request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the
Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on
each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for
such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that
states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a
redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth: 
 (1) the paragraph of Section 3.07 hereof
pursuant to which the redemption shall occur; 
 (2) the redemption date; 

  
 45 

 (3) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and 

(4) the redemption price (if then determined and otherwise the basis for its determination). 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis (except that any Notes represented by a Global Note will be redeemed
by such method as DTC may require), unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange requirements. 
 In the event
of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously
called for redemption. 
 The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in
the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be
redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also
apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company
will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the
notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof. 
 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state: 

(1) the redemption date; 
 (2) the redemption price (if then determined and otherwise the basis for its determination); 
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal
amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
 (4) the name and
address of the Paying Agent; 
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
collect the redemption price; 

  
 46 

 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment,
interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph
in Section 3.07 of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 

(8) if the redemption is to be effected with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings pursuant to
Section 3.07(a) hereof, a statement, if applicable, to the effect that the redemption is conditioned upon the completion of such Equity Offering(s); and 
 (9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 

At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided,
however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days prior to the giving of such notice of redemption, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to
be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and
payable on the redemption date at the redemption price, unless the condition described in the notice of redemption, to the extent one exists, does not occur. A notice of redemption may not be conditional, except that any redemption effected with the
net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings as described in Section 3.07(a) hereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be conditioned upon completion of the related Equity Offering. 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 By 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued
interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the
redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Company complies with
the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or tendered for purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or
after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note
called for redemption or tendered for purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption
or tendered for purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. 

  
 47 

 Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the
Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. 
 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 
 (a) At any time prior to
June 15, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of 108.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to, but not including the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is not on or prior to the redemption date), with the net cash proceeds of Equity
Offerings; provided that: 
 (1) at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued
under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 
 (2) each
such redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of the related Equity Offering. 
 (b) Except pursuant to
the preceding paragraph or paragraph (d) or (e) below, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to June 15, 2015. 
 (c) On or after June 15, 2015, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of
Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	104.250	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.125	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (d) At any time prior to
June 15, 2015, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of
the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date. 
 (e) In the event that Holders of not less than 90% of
the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes accept a Change of Control Offer and the Company (or the third party making the Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 4.14(d) hereof) purchases all of the Notes held by such Holders,
the Company will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following the purchase pursuant to Section 4.14, to redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such
purchase at a redemption price equal to the Change of Control Payment plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes that remain outstanding, to, but not including, the date of redemption
(subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date). 

  
 48 

 (f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the
provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption. 

The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 

Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the
procedures specified below. 
 The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is
pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20
Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than three Business Days after the termination of
the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if
applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued
and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the
Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will
state: 
 (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10
hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 
 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price
and the Purchase Date; 
 (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue
interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant
to the Asset Sale Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to
have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 

  
 49 

 (6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale
Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a
Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7) that
Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting
forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

(8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered by Holders
thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness surrendered
(with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, will be purchased); and 

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 
 On or before the Purchase Date, the
Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered,
all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance
with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal
to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or
cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.
The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date. 
 Other than as specifically
provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 
 The Company will pay or cause to be
paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company
or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then

  
 50 

 
due. The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement. Whenever in this Indenture there is
mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent that, in such context, Additional
Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to paragraph 1 of the Notes, provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the requirement that Additional Interest is due unless the
Trustee receives written notice from the Company stating that such amounts are due and specifying the dollar amounts thereof. 

The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the
rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest
(without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or
Agency. 
 The Company will maintain in the continental United States, an office or agency (which may be an office of the
Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The
Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with
the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 
 The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such
designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation under Section 2.03 to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York where
any Definitive Notes may be presented or surrendered for any payment. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.03 hereof. In case the Company shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to give such notice of the location or of any change in the location thereof, such surrenders, presentations and demands may be made and
notices may be served at the designated Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive at the aforesaid office all such surrenders, presentations, notices and demands. 

Section 4.03 Reports. 
 (a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will file with the SEC for public availability, within 30 days of the time periods specified in the SEC rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not
accept such a filing, in which case the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations): 

(1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company
were required to file reports, and, with respect to the annual information only, an audit report thereon by a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants; and 

  
 51 

 (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on
Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 
 All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in
accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. The Company will conduct a conference call for the Holders of the Notes, any prospective investor and any securities analyst to discuss the information furnished pursuant
to the previous paragraph no later than three business days after furnishing any information pursuant to clause (1) of this Section 4.03(a). 
 If, at any time, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the
preceding paragraph with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the
foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within 30 days of the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to
file those reports with the SEC. 
 (b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries,
then, to the extent material as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, the quarterly and annual financial information required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03 will include a reasonably detailed
presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
 (c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the SEC the reports required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03, the Company and the
Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

(d) The Company shall be deemed to have furnished such reports to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes if it has filed such reports
with the SEC using the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. 
 (e) Delivery of such reports, information
and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the
Company’s and the Guarantors’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on Officers’ Certificates). The Trustee shall have no duty or responsibility to review such
reports, information or documents. 
 Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within
90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a
view to determining 

  
 52 

 
whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of
his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture
(or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his
or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the
Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 (b) So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will
deliver to the Trustee, within five days of any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto. 
 Section 4.05 Taxes. 
 The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit
the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07 Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any dividend payment or distribution made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); 
 (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including without limitation, any such purchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement made in connection with any merger or consolidation
involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 

  
 53 

 (3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or
otherwise acquire or retire for value prior to the Stated Maturity thereof, any Subordinated Obligation (excluding the purchase or other acquisition of any Subordinated Obligation in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal
installment or final maturity payment, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase or other acquisition); or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),

 unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 

(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted
Payment; 
 (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect
thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 4.09(a) hereof; and 
 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other
Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Prior Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (9) or (10) of paragraph (b) of this
Section 4.07), is equal to or less than the sum, without duplication of the following: 
 (A) 50% of the
Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from April 1, 2007 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of
such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus  
 (B) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and 100% of the Fair Market Value of securities or other property other than cash received that is used or useful in the Oil and Gas Business by the Company
since the Prior Issue Date from the sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or as a contribution to the Company’s common equity capital or from the sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or
convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee
stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless such loans
have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination); plus 

  
 54 

 (C) The amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments made by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person since the Prior Issue Date resulting from: 

(i) repurchases or redemptions of such Restricted Investments by such Person, proceeds realized upon the sale of such
Restricted Investment to a purchaser other than the Company or a Subsidiary or the Company, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets (including by way of dividend or distribution) by such Person to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company; or 
 (ii) the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary (valued in each case at the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of redesignation) not to exceed the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, 
 which amount in each case under this clause (C) was included
in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; provided, however, that no amount will be included under this clause (C) to the extent it is already included in Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(D) 50% of any dividends received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor after the
Prior Issue Date from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period. 

(b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit: 

(1) the payment of any dividend within 90 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or the consummation of any
irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

 (2) the making of any Restricted Payment since the Issue Date in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds
of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Equity Interests issued or sold to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or
similar trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or
prior to the date of determination) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be
excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof; 
 (3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement for value since the Issue Date of Subordinated Obligations in exchange for, or with the net cash proceeds from a substantially concurrent incurrence of, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(4) the payment since the Issue Date of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any
similar distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis; 

  
 55 

 (5) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused
thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value since the Prior Issue Date of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any of the Company’s (or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’) current or former directors or employees pursuant to any director or employee equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or restricted stock agreement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all
such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $5.0 million in any twelve-month period (with unused amounts in any 12-month period being permitted to be carried over into succeeding 12-month periods);
provided, further, that the amounts in any 12-month period may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of the Company’s Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to any such directors or employees that occurs after the Prior Issue Date (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement will
be excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.07(a) hereof) plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Prior Issue Date; 

(6) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other
acquisition or retirement for value since the Issue Date of any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any of the Company’s (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’) current or former directors
or employees in connection with the exercise or vesting of any equity compensation (including, without limitation, stock options, restricted stock and phantom stock) or made in order to satisfy the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s
tax withholding obligation with respect to such exercise or vesting; 
 (7) so long as no Default has occurred
and is continuing or would be caused thereby, repurchases of Subordinated Obligations at a purchase price not greater than (i) 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligations in the event of a Change of Control or (ii) 100%
of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligations in the event of an Asset Sale, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, in connection with any change of control offer or asset sale offer required by the terms of such Subordinated
Obligations, but only if: 
 (a) in the case of a Change of Control, the Company has first complied with and
fully satisfied its obligations under Section 4.14 (including without limitation the repurchase of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection therewith); or 

(b) in the case of an Asset Sale, the Company has complied with and fully satisfied its obligations in accordance with
(including without limitation the repurchase of all Notes validly tendered for payment in connection therewith); 

(8) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock of the Company representing
fractional shares of such Capital Stock in connection with a merger, consolidation or other combination involving the Company or any other transaction permitted by this Indenture; 

(9) Restricted Payments of the type referred to in clauses (1) or (2) of the first paragraph of this
Section 4.07 in an amount up to $30.0 million for each twelve-month period following the Prior Issue Date, with any unused portion of such amount in any such period to be carried forward to succeeding twelve-month periods; 

(10) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $200.0 million since the Prior Issue Date; and

  
 56 

 (11) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends
to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company issued on or after the Prior Issue Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in Section 4.09(a)
hereof. 
 (c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the
Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are
required to be valued by this Section 4.07 will be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee within five Business Days of the making of the Restricted Payment, together with a copy of any related resolution of the
Board of Directors of the Company. Such Officers’ Certificate shall state that the Restricted Payment is permitted by this Section 4.07. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a Restricted
Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described in (1) through (11) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.07, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, classify such
Restricted Payment, or later classify, reclassify or re-divide all or a portion of such Restricted Payment, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07. 
 Section 4.08 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital
Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) hereof will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

(1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments,
restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, increases, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, increases, refundings, replacements
or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment encumbrances or restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date; 

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(3) applicable law, rule, regulation, order, approval, permit or similar restriction; 

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in 

  
 57 

 
contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets
of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
 (5) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases and licenses (including, without limitation, licenses of intellectual property) entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(6) purchase money obligations for property (including Capital Stock) acquired in the ordinary course of business, Capital
Lease Obligations and mortgage financings that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) hereof; 

(7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of assets, including without limitation an agreement for the Sale or
other disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by the applicable Restricted Subsidiary pending the sale or other disposition; 

(8) Liens permitted to be incurred under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to
dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (9) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets
or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into (a) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (b) with the
approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitations are applicable only to the assets or property that are the subject of such agreements; 
 (10) other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred pursuant to an agreement entered into subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with
Section 4.09; provided that the provisions of such agreement relating to such dividend and other payment encumbrances or restrictions taken as a whole are not materially more restrictive, as determined by the Board of Directors or the
Company in good faith, than those provisions contained in the agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and the Credit Agreement, in each case as in effect on the Issue Date; 

(11) the issuance of preferred stock by a Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of dividends thereon in accordance with
Section 4.09 and the terms thereof; provided that issuance of such preferred stock was made in accordance and the terms of such preferred stock do not expressly restrict the ability of a Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any
other distributions on its Capital Stock (other than requirements to pay dividends or liquidation preferences on such preferred stock prior to paying any dividends or making any other distributions on such other Capital Stock); 

(12) supermajority voting requirements existing under corporate charters, bylaws, stockholders’ agreements and
similar documents and agreements; 
 (13) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease
governing a leasehold interest; 

  
 58 

 (14) encumbrances or restrictions contained in Hedging Obligations permitted
from time to time under this Indenture; and 
 (15) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed
by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business. 
 Section 4.09 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Preferred Stock. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company
will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including
Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma
basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary had been issued, as the case may be, at the
beginning of such four-quarter period. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the incurrence of
any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 
 (1) the
incurrence by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness (including letters of credit) under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being
deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed the greater of (a) $800.0 million and (b) an amount equal to the sum of (A) $600.0
million plus (B) 10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets determined as of the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence and the application of the proceeds therefrom; 

(2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 

(3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the related Note
Guarantees to be issued on the Issue Date, and any Exchange Notes and related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred
for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an
aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed $50.0 million at any time
outstanding; 

  
 59 

 (5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Indenture to be
incurred under Section 4.09(a) hereof or clauses (2), (3), (4) or (11) of this Section 4.09(b) or this clause (5); 
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however,
that: 
 (A) if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company
or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and

 (B) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness
being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be
deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

(7) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that: 
 (A) any subsequent issuance
or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(B) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company, 
 will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted
Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7); 
 (8) the incurrence by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) the incurrence by the
Company of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations relating to net gas balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; 

(10) the Guarantee by the Company or any of the Guarantors of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the Guarantee shall be subordinated or pari
passu, as applicable, to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 
 (11) Permitted Acquisition
Indebtedness; 

  
 60 

 (12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days; 

(13) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in customary amounts consistent with the operations
and business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (14) the incurrence by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection
with the disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, provided that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 
 (15) the incurrence by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance, surety and similar bonds issued for the account of the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees and obligations of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit supporting such obligations (in each case, other than an obligation for money borrowed); and 

(16) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness in an aggregate
principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding not to exceed $100.0 million. 
 (c) The Company
will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is
also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment
to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a first or junior Lien basis. 

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the
criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (16) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, the Company will be permitted to classify such item of
Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue
discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock will not be
deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of
fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. 

  
 61 

 (e) The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be: 

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and 

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 (A) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination; and 

(B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. 
 Section 4.10 Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
 (1) the Company (or the
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests or other assets issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 

(2)(a) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the
form of cash or (b) the Fair Market Value of all forms of consideration other than cash received for all Asset Sales since the Issue Date does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at
the time each determination is made. For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash: 
 (A) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and Subordinated Obligations)
that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability; 

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days after the date of the Asset Sale, to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; 

(C) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (3) of the next paragraph of this
Section 4.10; and 
 (D) accounts receivable of a business retained by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, following the sale of such business; provided that such accounts receivable are not (i) past due more than 90 days and (ii) do not have a payment date greater than 120 days from the date of the
invoice creating such accounts receivable. 

  
 62 

 (b) Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, or, if the
Company has entered into a binding commitment or commitments with respect to the actions described in clause (2) or (3) below, within 540 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds: 
 (1) to repay, prepay, redeem or
repurchase Senior Debt; 
 (2) invest in Additional Assets; 

(3) to make capital expenditures in respect of the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Oil and Gas
Business; or 
 (4) any combination of the foregoing. 
 Pending the application of any Net Proceeds in the manner provided above, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

 (c) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(b) will constitute
“Excess Proceeds.” Within five days after the date that the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is
pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with Section 3.09 hereof to purchase on a pro
rata basis the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this
Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds allocated for the purchase of Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale offer, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased
on a pro rata basis (or, in the case of Notes represented by a Global Note, the Trustee will select Notes for purchase by such method as DTC may require). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset
at zero. 
 (d) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions of Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this
Section 4.10 by virtue of such compliance. 
 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any
Affiliate of the Company (each an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 
 (1) the Affiliate
Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

  
 63 

 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 

(A) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $20.0 million, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11(a); and 
 (B) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $40.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) of this Section 4.11(a) and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members
of the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and,
therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a) hereof: 
 (1) any employment agreement
or arrangement, stock option or stock ownership plan, employee benefit plan, officer or director indemnification agreement, restricted stock agreement, severance agreement or other compensation plan or arrangement entered into by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments, awards, grants or issuances of securities pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, pursuant to the Company’s long-term incentive compensation plan, as
amended; 
 (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company
solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 
 (4) reasonable fees and expenses and compensation paid to, and indemnity or insurance provided on behalf of, officers, directors or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors; 
 (5) any issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of
the Company to, or receipt by the Company of a capital contribution from, Affiliates (or a Person that becomes an Affiliate) of the Company; 
 (6) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.07 hereof; 
 (7) transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company and such
director is the sole cause for such Person to be deemed an Affiliate of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent
company, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person; 

  
 64 

 (8) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business or
consistent with past practice not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding; 
 (9)
advances to or reimbursements of employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business; 

(10) any transaction in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, deliver to the
Trustee a letter from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or that such transaction meets the
requirements of clause (1) of Section 4.11(a); 
 (11) the performance of obligations of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any written agreement to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party on the Issue Date and which is described in the Company’s offering memorandum relating to the
Initial Notes, as these agreements may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time; provided, however, that any future amendment, modification or supplement entered into after the Issue Date will be permitted to the extent
that its terms do not materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holders of the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) as compared to the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date; and

 (12) (a) guarantees of performance by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company’s
Unrestricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, except for guarantees of Indebtedness in respect of borrowed money, and (b) pledges of Equity Interests of the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries for the benefit of lenders of
the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 Section 4.12 Liens. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer
to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), securing any Subordinated Obligations or other Indebtedness, unless: 

(1) in the case of any Lien securing Subordinated Obligations of the Company or a Guarantor, the Notes or Note Guarantee,
as applicable, are secured by a Lien on such property or assets on a senior basis to the Subordinated Obligations so secured until such time as such Subordinated Obligations are no longer so secured by that Lien; and 

(2) in the case of any other Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) securing other Indebtedness, the Notes or Note Guarantees,
as applicable, are secured by a Lien on such property or assets on an equal and ratable basis with the Indebtedness so secured until such time as such Indebtedness is no longer so secured by that Lien. 

Section 4.13 Corporate Existence. 
 Subject to Article 5 hereof, so long as any of the Notes shall remain outstanding, the Company will at all times do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect
its corporate existence. 

  
 65 

 Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of the Notes will have the right to require the Company to make an offer (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes
repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on an record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control
Payment”). Within thirty days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating: 

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and that all Notes properly tendered
prior to the expiration of the Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment; 
 (2) the purchase price
and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 

(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender
the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the
third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw
their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and 
 (7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be
equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. 
 (b) The Company will comply with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that
the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14 hereof, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations
under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.14 by virtue of such compliance. 

  
 66 

 (c) Promptly following the expiration of the Change of Control Offer, the Company will, to
the extent lawful, accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, and the Company will: 
 (1) on the Change of Control Payment Date, deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 

(2) on the Change of Control Payment Date, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 
 On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Paying Agent will mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and
mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an
integral multiple thereof. Any Note so accepted for payment will cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date unless the Company defaults in making the Change of Control Payment. The Company will publicly announce the
results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 (d)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.14, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times
and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to
Section 3.07 hereof, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. 
 (e) A Change of
Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer.

 (f) Notes repurchased by the Company pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued but not
outstanding or will be retired and cancelled, at the Company’s option. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to the preceding paragraph will have the status of Notes issued and outstanding. 

(g) The provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be
applicable regardless of whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. 
 Section 4.15 Additional Note
Guarantees. 
 If, after the Issue Date, any Domestic Subsidiary that is not already a Guarantor has Indebtedness outstanding
in excess of a Minimum Amount or guarantees any other Indebtedness of the Company or of a Guarantor in excess of a Minimum Amount, then such Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor with respect to the Notes issued hereunder by executing and
delivering a supplemental indenture, in the form attached as Exhibit F to this Indenture, to the Trustee within 180 days of the date on which it guaranteed such Indebtedness. The form of such supplemental indenture is attached as Exhibit F hereto.

  
 67 

 Section 4.16 Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would
not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted
Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee
a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions of this Section 4.16 and was permitted by
Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements of this Section 4.16 as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of
this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof,
the Company will be in default of such covenant. The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, calculated
on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation. 

Section 4.17 Termination of Covenants. 
 If on any date following the Issue Date, (1) the Notes are assigned an Investment Grade Rating from both Rating Agencies and (2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will no longer be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture: 
  

	 	(i)	Section 4.07; 

  

	 	(ii)	Section 4.08; 

  

	 	(iii)	Section 4.09; 

  

	 	(iv)	Section 4.10; 

  

	 	(v)	Section 4.11; 

  

	 	(vi)	Section 4.16; and 

  

	 	(vii)	Section 5.01(4). 

Following the termination of the foregoing provisions, the Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as
Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 4.16 hereof or clause (2) of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

  
 68 

 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets. 

The Company shall not, directly or indirectly: (i) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is
the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless: 

(1) either: 
 (A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or 
 (B) the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership
organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; 
 (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made
assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture and pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; provided that, unless such Person is a corporation, a corporate co-issuer of the Notes will be
added to this Indenture by agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. 
 (3) immediately after such
transaction or transactions, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
 (4) the Company or the Person formed
by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto
and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, (a) be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof or (b) have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio not less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such transaction. 

For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a
consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. 

Notwithstanding the restrictions described in clause (4) of this Section 5.01, any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with,
merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company, the Company may merge into a Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, and any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate
with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Restricted Subsidiary. 

  
 69 

 Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the properties and assets of the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect
as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, the Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the
principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01 Events of Default. 
 Each of the following will be an “Event of Default”: 
 (1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; 
 (2) default in the payment when due (at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes; 

(3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.10, 4.14 or
5.01 hereof; 
 (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the
Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture; 

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured
or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or
is created after the Issue Date, if that default: 
 (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest
or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 

(B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under
which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $20.0 million or 

  
 70 

 
more; provided that if any such default is cured or waived or any such acceleration rescinded, or such Indebtedness is repaid, within a period of 15 Business Days from the continuation of
such default beyond the applicable grace period or the occurrence of such acceleration, as the case may be, such Event of Default and any consequential acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded, so long as such rescission does not
conflict with any judgment or decree; 
 (6) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay
final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $20.0 million (net of any amount with respect to which a reputable and solvent insurance company has acknowledged liability in writing), which judgments
are not paid, discharged, stayed or fully bonded for a period of 60 days (or, if later, the date when payment is due pursuant to such judgment); 
 (7) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences a voluntary case, 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and 

  
 71 

 (9) (a) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee is held in
any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or (b) any Guarantor, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Note
Guarantee. 
 Section 6.02 Acceleration. 
 In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all of the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the Company and, in the
case of notice by Holders, also to the Trustee specifying the applicable Events of Default and that it is a notice of acceleration. 
 Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately. 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of
all of the Holders, rescind an acceleration and its consequences, if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely
because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. 
 Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium,
if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee
may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default
shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. 
 Holders of not less than
a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising
therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 
 Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may
refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 

  
 72 

 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 

A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 

(1) such Holder gives to the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the
Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee
security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the
Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request. 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority
over another Holder of a Note. 
 Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any,
and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover
judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest
and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property
and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments
to the Trustee, 

  
 73 

 
and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any
and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained
shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 6.10 Priorities. 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment
of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due
and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and 
 Third: to the
Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment
date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any
action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a
Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the
conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

  
 74 

 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this
paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee will not
be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every
provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under
this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice, nor shall it be charged
with knowledge, of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of such Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and
such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
 Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper
Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

  
 75 

 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’
Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the
written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent
appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it
believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise
specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 (f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the
Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee
acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and
duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
 Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it
shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of
any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this
Indenture other than its certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a
notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long
as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. 

  
 76 

 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

(a) Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the Issue Date, and for so long as Notes remain
outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months
preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 

(b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed by the Trustee to the Company and filed by
the Trustee with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 

Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. 
 (a) The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any
law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such
expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 (b)
The Company and the Guarantors will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the
costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or
liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company
promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the
Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which
consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 
 (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07
will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (d) To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’
payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien will
survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under
any Bankruptcy Law. 
 (f) The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

  
 77 

 Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
 (b) The Trustee may resign in writing at any
time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing.
The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
 (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the
Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or 
 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly
appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed
by the Company. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is
removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with
Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become
effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will
be the successor Trustee. 

  
 78 

 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0
million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture will always have a Trustee who
satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 

Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has
resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE 8 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied
to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance
and Discharge. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this
Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes
(including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this
Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute
proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in
Section 8.04 hereof; 
 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and
Section 4.02 hereof; 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and
the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and 

  
 79 

 (4) this Article 8. 

Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior
exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each
of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03(b), 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12,
4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 hereof and clause (4) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant
Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants,
but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to
the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of
any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under
Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(6) hereof will not constitute Events of Default. 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
 In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof: 
 (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as
will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and interest on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption
date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that: 

(A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or 

(B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, 

  
 80 

 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm
that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3) in the case of an election
under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant
Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default
or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a
party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will
not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is
bound; 
 (6) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was
not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and 

(7) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
 Section 8.05 Deposited
Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06 hereof,
all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to
Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including
the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law. 
 The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge
imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for
the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee
will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized

  
 81 

 
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess
of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

Section 8.06 Repayment to Company. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for
two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be
permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however,
that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money
remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 

Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be revived
and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may
be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes
to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees without the consent of any
Holder of Notes: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 

(3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes and
Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof; 

  
 82 

 (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits
to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder; 
 (5) to
comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (6) to conform the text of this Indenture the Note Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated June 3,
2011, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes; 

(7) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of
the date hereof; 
 (8) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with
respect to the Notes or release the Note Guarantees pursuant to the terms of this Indenture; 
 (9) to secure the
Notes; or 
 (10) to evidence and provide for the acceptance under this Indenture of a successor trustee.

 Upon the request of the Company, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the
Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be
therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof) and the Notes
and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in
the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may
be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained
in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 

Upon the request of the Company, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the
Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors 

  
 83 

 
in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture
or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
 It is not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such
consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes
effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or
affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting
Holder): 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or
waiver; 
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the
provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof); 
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note; 
 (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration); 
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 
 (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, the
Notes; 
 (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections
3.09, 4.10 or 4.14 hereof); 
 (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or
this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 
 (9) make any change in the preceding
amendment and waiver provisions. 
 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with
the TIA as then in effect. 

  
 84 

 Section 9.04 Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of
a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of
a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its
terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company
in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 
 The Trustee will sign
any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental
indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE 10 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 

Section 10.01 Guarantee. 
 (a) Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and
its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: 

(1) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at
Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be
promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and 
 (2) in case of
any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by
acceleration, redemption or otherwise. 

  
 85 

 Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for
whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in
the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance
of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or
otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note
Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect. 
 (d) Each Guarantor agrees that
it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors,
on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether
or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does
not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee. 
 Section 10.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note
Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to
any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such
maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. 

  
 86 

 Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its
Officers. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full
force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 If an Officer whose
signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee
set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the Issue Date, if required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.15 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent
applicable. 
 Section 10.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms. 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless: 

(1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 

(2) either: 
 (a) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes
all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; or 

(b) such transaction complies with Section 4.10 hereof. 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture,
executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor
Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the
Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note
Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

  
 87 

 Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses 2(a) and
(b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor
as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor. 
 Section 10.05 Releases. 

(a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger,
consolidation or otherwise, to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then the Person acquiring the property will be released and relieved of any
obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that such transaction does not violate Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such
sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note
Guarantee. 
 (b) In the event of any sale or other disposition of the Capital Stock of any Guarantor, to a Person that is not
(either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that (i) such
transaction does not violate Section 4.10 hereof and (ii) such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such sale or other disposition. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any
Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (c) Upon designation of any Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (d) Upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance in accordance with Article 8 hereof or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 11 hereof, each Guarantor will be released
and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 (e) Upon the liquidation or dissolution of a Guarantor;
provided that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
 Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on
the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 

  
 88 

 ARTICLE 11 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when: 

(1) either: 
 (a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter
repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (b) all Notes that have not
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or
caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration
of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; 

(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party
or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (3) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be
paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and 
 (4) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions
to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07
hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or to relieve the Company from its obligations with respect to the Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof. 

Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money. 
 Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the
provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and
premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

  
 89 

 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any
Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the
Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 12 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 12.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties will
control. 
 Section 12.02 Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing in the English language and delivered in Person or by first class mail (registered or
certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 
 If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 
 W&T Offshore, Inc. 

Nine Greenway Plaza 
 Suite 300 
 Houston, Texas 

Facsimile No.: (713) 626-8527 
 Attention: John D. Gibbons 
 With a copy to: 

W&T Offshore, Inc. 
 Nine Greenway Plaza 
 Suite 300 

Houston, Texas 77046 
 Facsimile No.: (713) 624-7324 
 Attention: General Counsel 

If to the Trustee: 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 201 Main Street, 3rd Floor 

Fort Worth, Texas 76102-5489 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Services 
 Facsimile: (817) 885-8650 

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications. 

  
 90 

 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have
been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely
delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a
Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication will
also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or
not the addressee receives it. 
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee
and each Agent at the same time. 
 Section 12.03 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the
Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 Section 12.04
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to
take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officers’
Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided
for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a
certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) must comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and must include: 
 (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

  
 91 

 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 

Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. 

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as
such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, a Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal
securities laws. 
 Section 12.08 Governing Law. 
 THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE AND ENFORCE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES. 
 Section 12.09 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This
Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 

Section 12.10 Successors. 
 All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this
Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof. 
 Section 12.11 Severability.

 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 12.12 Counterpart
Originals. 
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of
them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this instrument as to the parties hereto and may be
used in lieu of the original instrument for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 Section 12.13 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 
 The Table of
Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the
terms or provisions hereof. 
 [Signatures on following page] 

  
 92 

 SIGNATURES 
 Dated as of June 10, 2011 
  

					
	W&T OFFSHORE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John D. Gibbons

		 	Name:	 	John D Gibbons
		 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
		 		 	Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
	
	W&T ENERGY VI, LLC
	
	W&T ENERGY VII, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Thomas F. Getten

		 	Name:	 	Thomas F. Getten
		 	Title:	 	Authorized Representative
	
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John C. Stohlmann

		 	Name:	 	John C. Stohlmann
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 EXHIBIT A 
 [Face of Note] 
  
 CUSIP: [                    ] 
 ISIN: [                    ] 
 8.500% Senior Notes due 2019 
  

			
	 No. —
	  	$[        ]

 W&T OFFSHORE, INC. 
 promises to pay to [    ] or registered
assigns, 
 the principal sum of          DOLLARS on June 15, 2019. 

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15 
 Record Dates: June 1 and December 1 
 Dated: June 10, 2011 

 
  
 [Signature pages to follow] 

  
 A-1

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	W&T OFFSHORE, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-2

 TRUSTEE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is one of the 8.500% Senior Notes due 2019 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 

 

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated: 

  
 A-3

 [Back of Note] 
 8.500% Senior Notes due 2019 
 [THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE
INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE
REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT
TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR
SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR
VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]] 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT
BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (C) IT IS AN
INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN THE TIME
PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM
REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED 

  
 A-4

 
INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING
TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OF LESS THAN $100,000 AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE
COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY) OR
(G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY
TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD REFERRED TO IN RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THESE NOTES, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH
TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE TRUSTEE. IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER
INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS
“OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS A PROVISION REQUIRING THE TRUSTEE TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY
TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]] 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

(1) INTEREST. W&T Offshore, Inc., a Texas corporation (the
“Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8.500% per annum from [June 10, 2011]1 until maturity [and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement
referred to below]2. The Company will pay interest
semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date
referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be [December 15, 2011]3. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in
any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a 
  

 

	1 	 For Additional Notes, insert the appropriate date for such Additional Notes.

	2 	 Not to be included in Exchange Notes. 

	3 	 For Additional Notes, insert the appropriate Interest Payment Date for such Additional Notes.

  
 A-5

 
rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue installments of interest [and Additional
Interest]4 (without regard to any applicable grace
periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

(2) METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company
will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) [and Additional Interest, if any,]5 to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such
record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest [and Additional Interest,
if any,]6 at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided
that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal, interest, premium [and Additional Interest]7, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to
the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

(3) PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.
Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may
act in any such capacity. 
 (4) INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes
under an Indenture dated as of June 10, 2011 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to
the TIA. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions
of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 

(5) OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. 

(a) Except as set forth in subparagraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this Paragraph 5, the Company will not have the
option to redeem the Notes prior to June 15, 2015. On or after June 15, 2015, the Company will have the option to redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices
(expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest [and Additional Interest, if any,]8 on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on
June 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest [and Additional Interest, if any,]9 on the relevant interest payment date: 

 

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2015
	  	 	104.250	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.125	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  

	4 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	5 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	6 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	7 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	8 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	9 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

  
 A-6

 Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to
accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 
 (b)
Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 5, at any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture
with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 108.500% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest [and Additional Interest, if any,]10 to the redemption date; provided that at least 65% in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and that such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of the related Equity
Offering. 
 (c) At any time prior to June 15, 2015, the Company may also redeem all or a part of the
Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and
accrued and unpaid interest [and Additional Interest]11,
if any, to, but not including the date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest [and Additional Interest, if any,]12 due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date. 

(d) In the event that Holders of not less than 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes accept
a Change of Control Offer and the Company (or the third party making the Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 4.14(d)) purchases all of the Notes held by such Holders, the Company will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following the purchase pursuant to Section 4.14, to redeem all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to the Change of Control Payment
plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest [and Additional Interest, if any,]13 on the Notes that remain outstanding, to, but not including, the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders
on the relevant record date to receive interest [and Additional Interest, if any,]14 due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date). 
 (6) MANDATORY REDEMPTION. 
  

 

	10 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	11 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	12 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	13 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	14 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

  
 A-7

 The Company is not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes. 
 (7) REPURCHASE AT THE
OPTION OF HOLDER. 
 (a) If there is a
Change of Control, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase
price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest [and Additional Interest, if any,]15 thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest [and
Additional Interest, if any,]16 due on the relevant
interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 10 days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by
the Indenture. 
 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates
any Asset Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with
the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to
purchase on a pro rata basis the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100%
of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest [and Additional Interest, if any,]17 thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) and other pari
passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate
principal amount of Notes tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds allocated for the purchase of Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis
(or, in the case of Notes represented by a Global Note, the Trustee will select Notes for purchase by such method as DTC may require). Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company
prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes. 

(8) NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be
mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the
notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a
Holder are to be redeemed. 
  
  

	15 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	16 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	17 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

  
 A-8

 (9) DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the
Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 

(10) PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a
Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 (11) AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT
AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event or Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be
waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes or
the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented: to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a
Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the
legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of
the “Description of Notes” section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum dated June 3, 2011, relating to the initial offering of the Notes, to the extent that such provision in that “Description of Notes” was intended to
be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes, to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, or to allow any Guarantor to execute a
supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes, to secure the Notes or to provide for the acceptance under the Indenture of a successor Trustee. 

(12) DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events
of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on[, or Additional Interest, if any, with respect to,]18 the Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, the Notes when the
same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise, (iii) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with Section 4.10, 4.14 or 5.01 of the
Indenture; (iv) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes including Additional Notes, if any,
then outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in the 
  

 

	18 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

  
 A-9

 
Indenture or the Notes; (v) default under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which default results in
the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (vi) certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 60 days; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any
Note Guarantee is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on its behalf denies or disaffirms its obligations under such
Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the
Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee
may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or premium [or Additional Interest]19, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and
its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium [or Additional Interest]20, if any, on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

(13) TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The
Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

(14) NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A
director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the
Indenture or the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of
the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
 (15) AUTHENTICATION.
This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (16) ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
  

 

	19 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	20 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

  
 A-10

 (17) [ADDITIONAL RIGHTS
OF HOLDERS OF REGISTRABLE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Registrable Notes (as defined in the Registration Rights
Agreement) shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [June 10,
2011]21 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”),
among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.]22 
 (18) CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be
printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of
redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 (19)
GOVERNING LAW. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE AND ENFORCE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES. 
 The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Requests may be made to: 

W&T Offshore, Inc. 
 Nine Greenway Plaza,
Suite 300 
 Houston, Texas 77046 

Facsimile No.: (713) 626-8527 
 Attention:
Chief Financial Officer 
  
  

	21 	 For Additional Notes, insert the date of the Registration Rights Agreement applicable to such
Additional Notes. 

	22 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

  
 A-11

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
                                         
                                         
       
 (Insert assignee’s legal name) 

 
  
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) 
  

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s
name, address and zip code) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                             to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may
substitute another to act for him. 
 Date:
                     
  

					
		 	Your Signature:	  	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

	
	Signature Guarantee*:
                            

 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-12

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO
ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below: 
  

					
		 	 ̈ Section 4.10	  	 ̈ Section 4.14

 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 

$         
 Date:                      

 

					
		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

					
		 	Tax Identification No.:	 	                            

  

	
	Signature Guarantee*:
                            

 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-13

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF
INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE * 
 The following
exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount

of
 this Global Note
	 	 Amount of increase in
 Principal Amount
 of

this Global Note
	 	 Principal Amount
 of this Global Note
 following such

decrease
 (or increase)
	 	 Signature of authorized
 officer of Trustee or

Custodian

 
  
  

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-14

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 W&T Offshore, Inc. 

Nine Greenway Plaza, Suite 300 
 Houston, Texas
77046 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 201 Main Street, 3rd Floor 
 Fort Worth, Texas 76102-5489 

Re: $600,000,000 8.500% Senior Notes due 2019 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 10, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among W&T Offshore, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party
thereto and Wells Fargo Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
                     , (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the
Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                     (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the
Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1.   ̈  Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial
interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive
Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture
and the Securities Act. 
 2.   ̈  Check if Transferee
will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities
Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such
Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market
and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or
Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the
expiration of 

  
 B-1

 
the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the
Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

3.   ̈  Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a
beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly
the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
 (a)
 ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (b)  ̈ such
Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof; 
 or 

(c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; 
 or 
 (d)  ̈ such
Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further
certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or
Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of
a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in
compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 4.   ̈  Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note. 
 (a)   ̈  Check if Transfer is
pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement 

  
 B-2

 
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 

(b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States
and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms
of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and
in the Indenture. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other
Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
	  

		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

	
	Dated:                     

  
 B-3

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	 	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

 [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈    a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈    144A Global Note (CUSIP 92922P AB2), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈    Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U85254 AB3), or 

 

	 	(iii)	 ̈    IAI Global Note (CUSIP
                    ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈    a Restricted Definitive Note. 

 

	 	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

 [CHECK ONE] 
  

	 	(a)	 ̈    a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	(i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP 92922P AB2), or 

 

	 	(ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U85254 AB3), or 

 

	 	(iii)	 ̈ IAI Global Note (CUSIP
                    ); or 

  

	 	(iv)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP
                    ); or 

  

	 	(b)	 ̈    a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

 

	 	(c)	 ̈    an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-4

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 W&T Offshore, Inc. 

Nine Greenway Plaza, Suite 300 
 Houston, Texas
77046 
 Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 201 Main Street, 3rd Floor 
 Fort Worth, Texas 76102-5489 

Re: $600,000,000 8.500% Senior Notes due 2019 
 (CUSIP                     ) 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 10, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among W&T Offshore,
Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 

                    , (the
“Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of
Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 
 (a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection
with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of
the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is

  
 C-1

 
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes
and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a
Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in
compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are
not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 
 (a)  ̈ Check if
Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal
principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

(b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈ Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for
the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions
on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

 

			
		 	  

		 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                     

  
 C-2

 EXHIBIT D 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 
 ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR 

W&T Offshore, Inc. 
 Nine Greenway Plaza,
Suite 300 
 Houston, Texas 77046 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association 
 201
Main Street, 3rd Floor 
 Fort Worth, Texas 76102-5489 
 Re: 8.500% Senior Notes due 2019 
 Reference is hereby made to the Indenture,
dated as of June 10, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among W&T Offshore, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used
but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
 In connection with our proposed purchase of
$         aggregate principal amount of: 
 (a)
 ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or 
 (b)  ̈ a Definitive Note, 
 we confirm that: 

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set
forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been
registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as
hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) inside the United States in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a
“qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you
and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of transfer of less than $100,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction
meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein. 

  
 D-1

 3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein,
we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further
understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 
 4. We are an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and
risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each
of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 

 

			
	  

		 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Dated:
                     

  
 D-2

 EXHIBIT E 
 [FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE] 
 For value received, each
Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of June 10, 2011
(the “Indenture”) among W&T Offshore, Inc. (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual
payment of the principal of, premium [and additional interest]23, if any, and interest on, the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest [and additional
interest]24 on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due
and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other
obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of
Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee, which is subject to release
in the circumstances set forth therein. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. 
 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture. 
  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR(S)]
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

 

	23 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

	24 	 Not to be included in Exchange
Notes. 

  
 E-1

 EXHIBIT F 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
            , 20    , among                     
(the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of                      (or its permitted successor), a [Texas] corporation
(the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and                     ,
as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of
June 10, 2011 providing for the issuance of 8.500% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the
Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s
Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an
unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof. 
 4. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of,
or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be
effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 5. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE AND ENFORCE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 
 6. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may
sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF
transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this instrument as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original instrument for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be
deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 7. EFFECT OF HEADINGS.
The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 8. THE
TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are
made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company. 

  
 F-1

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written. 
 Dated:
            , 20     
  

			
	 [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

 

	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	  
 [COMPANY]

 

	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	  
 [EXISTING
GUARANTORS]
  

	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	  
 [TRUSTEE],

  as Trustee
  

	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 F-2Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 10, 2011

 Exhibit 4.4 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 by and among 

W&T OFFSHORE, INC.,  
 THE GUARANTORS 
 and 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, 
 as representative of the Initial Purchasers 
 Dated as of June 10, 2011 

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of June 10, 2011 by and among
W&T Offshore, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), each of the guarantors named on Schedule A hereto (the “Guarantors”) and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representative of the initial purchasers
listed on Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement (each an “Initial Purchaser” and, collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company’s 8.500% Senior Notes due 2019 (the
“Initial Notes”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). 
 This Agreement is made pursuant to
the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Guarantors and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representative of the Initial Purchasers, (i) for the benefit
of each Initial Purchaser and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (as defined below) (including each Initial Purchaser). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Securities, the
Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 5(g) of the Purchase Agreement.

 The parties hereby agree as follows: 
 SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 

Additional Interest: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Additional Interest Payment Date: With respect to a series of Initial Securities, each Interest Payment Date for such
series of Initial Securities. 
 Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 

Closing Date: The date of this Agreement. 
 Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 

Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” with respect to a series of Initial
Securities for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer in
exchange for Initial Securities of such series, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to
Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities that were validly
tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 
 Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 

 Exchange Notes: The 8.500% Senior Notes due 2019, the same series under the Indenture
as the Initial Notes, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement. 

Exchange Offer: An offer registered under the Securities Act by the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to a Registration
Statement pursuant to which the Company and the Guarantors shall offer the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange
Securities in the aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders and with terms that are identical in all respects to the Transfer Restricted
Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not contain terms with respect to the interest rate step-up provision and transfer restrictions). 
 Exchange Offer Registration Statement: Any Registration Statement relating to an Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus. 

Exchange Securities: The Exchange Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto. 

Exempt Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose to sell the Initial Securities to certain
“qualified institutional buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and to persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S. 

FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. 
 Free Writing Prospectus: Each “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in
connection with each offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Initial Notes or the Exchange Notes. 

Guarantees: As defined in the Purchase Agreement. 
 Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof. 
 Indemnified
Party: As defined in Section 8(c) hereof. 
 Indemnifying Party: As defined in Section 8(c) hereof.

 Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of June 10, 2011, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

Initial Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto, but only for so long as such securities constitute Transfer Restricted
Securities. 

  
 2 

 Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Company of the Initial Securities to
the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. 
 Initial Purchaser: As defined in the preamble
hereto. 
 Initial Securities: The Initial Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto. 

Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Indenture and the Initial Notes and Exchange Notes, as applicable. 

Person: An individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization or other
legal entity, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 Prospectus: The prospectus included
in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 

Record Holder: With respect to any Interest Payment Date relating to the Securities of a series on which Additional
Interest is to be paid, each Person who is a Holder of Securities on the record date with respect to the Interest Payment Date on which such Additional Interest Payment Date shall occur. 

Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 

Registration Statement: Any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, which is filed pursuant
to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein. 

Securities: The Initial Securities and the Exchange Securities. 

Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 4 hereof. 

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4 hereof. 

Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, in each
case as in effect on the date of the applicable Indenture. 
 Transfer Restricted Securities: Each
(i) Initial Security, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Security is exchanged in the Exchange Offer and entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act and (b) the date on which such Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement and
(ii)

  
 3 

 
Exchange Security issued to a Broker-Dealer until the date on which such Security has been distributed by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein). 
 Underwritten Registration
or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public. 
 SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement.  

(a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted
Securities. 
 (b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. 

SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer.  

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in
Section 6(a) below have been complied with), the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) file with the Commission an Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to a registered offer to exchange the Initial Securities for Exchange
Securities under the Indenture in the same aggregate principal amount as and with terms that shall be identical in all respects to the Initial Securities (except that the Exchange Securities shall not contain terms with respect to the interest rate
step-up provision and transfer restrictions), (ii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, file
(A) all pre-effective amendments to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, a Prospectus supplement or
post-effective amendment to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be
made under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, and (iv) promptly after such Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective, commence the Exchange Offer. The
Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Securities held by Broker-Dealers as
contemplated by Section 3(c) below. 
 (b) If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is required
pursuant to Section 3(a) above, the Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer open for not less
than 30 calendar days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders. The Company and the Guarantors shall cause each Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state
securities laws. No securities other than the Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is required pursuant to Section 3(a) above, the Company and the Guarantors
shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to Consummate the Exchange Offer, on or prior to the 365th calendar day following the Closing Date. 

  
 4 

 (c) The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in
the Prospectus forming a part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities
or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an
“underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer
in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also
contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or
disclose the amount of Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement. 

If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is required pursuant to Section 3(a) above, the Company and the Guarantors shall use
their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) below to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available
for resales of Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the
policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date
on which Broker-Dealers are no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities. 
 The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing
sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales. 
 SECTION 4. Shelf Registration. 

 (a) Shelf Registration. If either (i) the Company and the Guarantors are not required to file an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer for a series of Initial Securities because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) below have been
complied with), (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer for a series of Securities is not Consummated within 365 calendar days following the Closing Date, or (iii) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (A) such
Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such Holder may not resell the Exchange 

  
 5 

 
Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or
available for such resales by such Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Securities acquired directly from the Company or one of its affiliates, then, upon such Holder’s request, the Company and the Guarantors
shall: 
 (x) cause to be filed, at their expense, a shelf registration statement pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) as promptly as reasonably practicable, and in any event on or prior to
the 30th calendar day after such filing obligation arises
(the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b)
hereof; and 
 (y) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration
Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or before the 120th calendar day after the Shelf Filing Deadline. 
 The Company and the Guarantors
shall keep any such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Securities by
the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as
announced from time to time, for a period of two years following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold
pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement). 
 (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the
Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company
in writing, within 20 business days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein.
Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not
materially misleading. 
 SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If either
(a) the applicable Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the 365th calendar day following the applicable Closing Date, (b) a Shelf Registration Statement applicable to the Securities is not filed or declared effective when required, or (c) a Registration
Statement applicable to the Securities is declared effective as required but thereafter fails to remain effective or usable in connection with resales for more than 30 calendar days (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through
(c) above, a “Registration Default”), the Company shall pay liquidated damages in the form of additional interest (“Additional Interest”) in cash to each Holder of Securities in an amount equal to
0.25% per 

  
 6 

 
annum of the aggregate principal amount of Securities for the period of occurrence of the Registration Default until such time as no Registration Default is in effect, which rate shall increase
by 0.25% per annum for each subsequent 90-day period during which such Registration Default continues up to a maximum of 0.50% per annum. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, Additional Interest will cease to accrue and the
interest rate on the Securities will revert to the original rate; provided, however, that, if after the date such Additional Interest ceases to accrue, a different Registration Default occurs, Additional Interest may again commence
accruing pursuant to the foregoing provisions. 
 All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding
paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such Note shall have been
satisfied in full. 
 SECTION 6. Registration Procedures.  

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with each Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with
all of the provisions of Section 6(c) below, shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of
distribution thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions: 
 (i) If in the reasonable opinion
of counsel to the Company there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable law, the Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the
Company and the Guarantors to Consummate the Exchange Offer for the Initial Securities. The Company and the Guarantors each hereby agree to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take
commercially unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy. The Company and the Guarantors each hereby agree, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an
analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has concluded that such Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of
such submission. 
 (ii) As a condition to its participation in an Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business and (C) at the time of the commencement of the
Exchange Offer, it has no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted
Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder will be required to acknowledge and agree that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to

  
 7 

 
participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of
the Commission staff enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated
July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable,
of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company. 
 (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) below and shall use
their commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company and the
Guarantors will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer
Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof. 
 (c) General Provisions.
In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus
required to permit resales of Securities by Broker-Dealers), the Company and each of the Guarantors shall: 
 (i)
use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements (including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the
Guarantors) for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement, as applicable; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material
misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement,
in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and
the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purposes as soon as practicable thereafter; 
 (ii)
prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4

  
 8 

 
hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be
supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely
manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by
the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 
 (iii) advise the
underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any
Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for
additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the
qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, or (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes
any statement of a material fact made in such Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in such
Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission
or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their
commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; 

(iv) furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement,
and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all
documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five
business days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which an Initial
Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five business days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon
confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed
to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission; 

  
 9 

 (v) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated
by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriter(s), if any, make representatives of the Company and
of the Guarantors available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may
request; 
 (vi) make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, any managing
underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and
properties of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection
with such Registration Statement subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness; 
 (vii) if
requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and
underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal
amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings
of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 

(viii) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate
rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if any; 
 (ix) furnish to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of such Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment
thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference); 

(x) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the
Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; the 

  
 10 

 
Company and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection
with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto; 
 (xi) enter into, and cause the Guarantors to enter into, such agreements (including an underwriting agreement), and make, and cause the Guarantors to make, such representations and warranties, and take
all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably
requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an underwriting
agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (A) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary
underwritten offerings, upon the date of the Consummation of the Exchange Offer and the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable: 
 (1) a certificate, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, signed by (y) the President or any Vice
President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of each of the Company and the Guarantors, confirming, as of the date thereof, such matters as such parties may reasonably request; 

(2) opinions, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement of counsel for the Company and the
Guarantors and of counsel of the Company and the Guarantors, covering such matters as such parties may reasonably request, and in any event including a statement to the effect counsel for the Company and the Guarantors has participated in
conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company, the Initial Purchasers’ representatives and the Initial Purchasers’ counsel in connection with the
preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and have considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein, although such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy,
completeness or fairness of such statements; and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the Shelf Registration Statement, at the time
such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to 

  
 11 

 
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such Shelf Registration Statement as of its date, contained an untrue statement
of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that
such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included in any Shelf Registration Statement
contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and 
 (3) a customary comfort letter, dated as of the
date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, from the Company’s independent accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters by underwriters in
connection with primary underwritten offerings, and affirming the matters set forth in the comfort letters delivered pursuant to Sections 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement, without exception; 

(B) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions
and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and 
 (C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in the
underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company or the Guarantors pursuant to this clause (xi), if any. 
 If at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contemplated in clause (A)(1) above cease to be true and correct, the Company or the Guarantors shall so advise the
Initial Purchasers and the underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing; 
 (xii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and
qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s) may request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the
disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign
corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where
it is not then so subject; 

  
 12 

 (xiii) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities
covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities of the same series, having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or
being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchasers of such Securities, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to
the Company for cancellation; 
 (xiv) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to
facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered
in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two business days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such underwriter(s); 

(xv) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration
Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted
Securities, subject to the proviso contained in clause (xii) above; 
 (xvi) if any fact or event
contemplated by clause (c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required
document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading; 
 (xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted Securities not later than the effective
date of such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for the Transfer Restricted Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary Trust Company; 

(xviii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence
investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the FINRA, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such
Registration Statement to become effective and approved by such governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Holders selling Transfer Restricted Securities to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted
Securities; 
 (xix) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and
regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) for the twelve-month period
(A)

  
 13 

 
commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Transfer Restricted Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm or commercially reasonable best efforts Underwritten Offering or (B) if
not sold to underwriters in such an offering, beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of such Registration Statement; 

(xx) cause each Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first
Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance
with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with
the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 
 (xxi) cause all Transfer
Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Initial
Securities or the managing underwriter(s), if any; and 
 (xxii) provide promptly to each Holder upon request
each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act. 
 Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D)
hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by
Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by
reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such
Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4
hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such
Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; however, no such extension shall be taken into account in determining
whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Company’s option to suspend use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as
a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5. 

  
 14 

 SECTION 7. Registration Expenses.  

(a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by
the Company or the Guarantors, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with the
FINRA (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of the FINRA)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal
securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and
telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) below, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing
the Exchange Securities on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors
(including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). 
 The Company
will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person,
including special experts, retained by the Company. 
 (b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this
Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered in the
Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements
of not more than one counsel, who shall be White & Case LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being
prepared. 
 SECTION 8. Indemnification.  

(a) The Company and each Guarantor agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its directors, officers and
each Person, if any, who controls such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and each affiliate of any Holder within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and
against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, Prospectus, Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433 of the
Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, 

  
 15 

 
claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is based upon information relating to any of the Holders furnished
in writing to the Company expressly for use therein by or on behalf of any of the Holders. 
 (b) Each Holder agrees, severally
and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each Guarantor, their respective directors, its officers, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company or the Guarantors (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act
or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors set forth in section (a) above, but only with reference to information relating to such Holder furnished in writing to the
Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus. 
 (c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(a) or 8(b), such
Person (the “Indemnified Party”), shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing and the Indemnifying Party, upon request of the
Indemnified Party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party and any others the Indemnifying Party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such
counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the
Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel, (ii) the Indemnifying Party has failed to assume the defense of such action or employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified
Party, or (iii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual
or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any Indemnified Party in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be
liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in
writing by a majority of the Holders, in the case of the parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(a), and by the Company and Guarantors, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 8(b). The Indemnifying Party shall not be
liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Party
from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Party shall have requested an Indemnifying Party to reimburse the Indemnified Party for fees and
expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Indemnifying Party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is
entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such Indemnifying Party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such Indemnifying Party shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Party in accordance with

  
 16 

 
such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened
proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity or contribution may be or could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement, (i) includes an unconditional release
of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are or could have been the subject matter of such proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of
the Indemnified Party. 
 (d) To the extent that the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an
Indemnified Party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party thereunder, shall contribute to the
amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand,
and the Holders, on the other hand, from their sale of Transfer Restricted Securities, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and of the Holder, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or such Guarantor, on the one hand, or by the Holder, on the other
hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred
to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8(c) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim.

 (e) The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to
this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in
Section 8(d). The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in Section 8(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Holder, its directors, its officers or any Person, if any,
who controls such Holder shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total amount received by such Holder with respect to the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration
Statement exceeds the sum of: (i) the amount paid by such Holder for such Transfer Restricted Securities plus (ii) the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged

  
 17 

 
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified
Party at law or in equity. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8 are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by each Holder hereunder and not joint.

 SECTION 9. Rule 144A. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees with each
Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer
Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A. 

SECTION 10. Participation In Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten
Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and
(b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 

SECTION 11. Selection Of Underwriters. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the
Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer
the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided that such investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to
the Company. 
 SECTION 12. Miscellaneous. 

(a) Remedies. The Company and the Guarantors each hereby agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any
loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. 

(b) Free Writing Prospectus. The Company represents, warrants and covenants that it (including its agents and representatives)
will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) in connection with each offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Initial Notes or the
Exchange Notes, other than (i) any communication pursuant to Rule 134, Rule 135 or Rule 135c under the Securities Act, (ii) any document constituting an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Initial Notes or the Exchange
Notes that falls within the exception from the definition of prospectus in Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act, or (iii) a prospectus satisfying the requirements of Section 10(a) of the Securities Act or of Rule 430, Rule 430A,
Rule 430B, Rule 430C or Rule 431 under the Securities Act. 

  
 18 

 (c) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors will not, on or after
the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to their securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Except for this Agreement, neither
the Company nor the Guarantors have entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person that would require such securities to be included in any Registration Statement contemplated by this
Agreement. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date
hereof. 
 (d) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Company and the Guarantors will not take any action, or permit
any change to occur, with respect to the Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer. 
 (e) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given
unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities affected thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions
hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to an Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant
to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects
the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective. 

(f) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery,
first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
 (i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the applicable Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the applicable Indenture; and 

(ii) if to the Company or the Guarantors: 
 W&T Offshore, Inc. 
 Nine Greenway Plaza, Suite 300 

Houston, Texas 77046 
 Fax: 713-626-8527 
 Attention: John D. Gibbons 

  
 19 

 With a copy to: 
 Vinson & Elkins LLP 
 First City Tower 

1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500 
 Houston, Texas 77002 
 Fax: 713-615-5962 

Attention: James M. Prince 
 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid,
if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee
at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (g) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that this Agreement
shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder. 

(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 (i) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 

(j) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT
REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF. 
 (k) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein
shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
 (l) Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Purchase Agreement,
the Indenture, the Securities and the Exchange Securities are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect
of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer
Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. 

  
 20 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

					
	W&T OFFSHORE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ John D. Gibbons

		 	Name:	 	John D. Gibbons
		 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
		 		 	Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
	
	W&T ENERGY VI, LLC
	
	W&T ENERGY VII, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Thomas F. Getten

		 	Name:	 	Thomas F. Getten
		 	Title:	 	Authorized Representative

 The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date
first above written: 
 MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC, 

Acting on behalf of themselves 
 and as the Representative of 
 the several Initial Purchasers 

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. LLC 

 

					
	By:	 	 /s/ William Graham

		 	Name:	 	William Graham
		 	Title:	 	Authorized Signatory

 Schedule A 

GUARANTORS 
  

			
	 Name of Guarantor
	 	 Jurisdiction of Formation

	W&T Energy VI, LLC	 	Delaware
		
	W&T Energy VII, LLC	 	Delaware

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00191-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00191-of-00352.parquet"}]]